linux_dsm_epyc7002/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h

6795 lines
284 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
/*
* 802.11 netlink interface public header
*
* Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
* Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
* Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
* Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
* Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
* Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
* Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
* Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
* Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
* purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
* WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
* ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
* WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
* ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
* OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
*
*/
/*
* This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
* be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
* unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
*
* Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
* an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
* are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
* needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
* can actually be identified and removed.
* Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
*/
#include <linux/types.h>
#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
/**
* DOC: Station handling
*
* Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
* interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
* into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
* The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
* to.
*
* Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
* capabilities.
*
* For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
* and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
* - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
* or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
* - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
* to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
* time mark it authorized.
* - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
* - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
* the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
*
* TODO: need more info for other interface types
*/
/**
* DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
*
* Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
* management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
* that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
* certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
* for various reasons.
*
* Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
* cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
* specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
* certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
* that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
* driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
* for doing that.
*
* The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
* driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
* attributes so applications know what to expect.
*
* NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
* these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
* changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
* lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
* any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
* will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
*
* Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
* responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
* but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
* status is indicated to the sending socket.
*
* For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
* below.
*/
/**
* DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
*
* Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
* more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
* is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
* on the types of concurrency that are supported.
*
* To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
* the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
* types there no concurrency is implied.
*
* Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
* To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
* software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
* an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
* are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
* cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
* is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
*
* Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
* in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
* it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
* interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
* the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
* on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
* and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
* some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
*
* All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
* interfaces that a given device supports.
*/
/**
* DOC: packet coalesce support
*
* In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
* packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
* reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
* and power consumption.
*
* Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
* to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
* predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
* following events occur.
* a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
* coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
* b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
* c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
*
* User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
* rule.
* a) Maximum coalescing delay
* b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
* c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
* Multiple such rules can be created.
*/
/**
* DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
*
* By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
* can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
* preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
* key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
* this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
* key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
* support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
*
* Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
* set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
* handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
* the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
* attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
*
* For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
* using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
* %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
*/
/**
* DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
*
* FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
* setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
* FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
* authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
* eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
* parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
* %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
* rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
* rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
* rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
* as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
*
* When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
* below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
* up a connection or after roaming.
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
* %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
* %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
* The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
* later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
*
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
* capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
* PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
* %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
* on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
* %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
* use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
*/
/**
* DOC: SAE authentication offload
*
* By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
* support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
* %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
*/
/**
* DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
*
* By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
* support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
* single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
* can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
* case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
* delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
* that main netdev.
*
* %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
* %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
*/
/**
* DOC: TID configuration
*
* TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
* attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
*
* The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
* &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
*
* If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
* address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
* configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
* any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
* the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
* will be overwritten.
*
* All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
* i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
* after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
* the interface goes down.
*/
/**
* enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
*
* @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
* to get a list of all present wiphys.
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
* attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
* monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
* and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid things like setting up an AP on a certain channel, then adding another virtual interface and making that associate on another channel -- this will make the beaconing to move channel but obviously without the necessary IEs data update. In order to improve this situation, first make the configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need that in the future anyway. There's one userland API change and one API addition. The API change is that now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface index rather than only wiphy index in order to take effect for that interface -- luckily all current users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the old setting is preserved, but monitors are always slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees. The second userland API change is the introduction of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that hostapd should use going forward to make it easier to understand what's going on (it can automatically detect a kernel with this command). Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers are affected by this change because they only allow a single virtual interface. mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the channel settings are per interface now, and needs to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation, which is another important part of this patch. One of the immediate benefits is that you can now start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already has a connection on another virtual interface, as long as you specify the same channel. Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an improvement -- not a complete fix): * different HT/no-HT modes currently you could start an HT AP and then connect to a non-HT network on the same channel which would configure the hardware for no HT; that can be fixed fairly easily * CSA An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface might indicate switching channels, and in that case we would follow it, regardless of how many other interfaces are operating; this requires more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
* However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
* instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
* or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
* either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
* single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
* to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
* be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
* then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
* userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
* attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
* by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
* %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
* %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
* and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
* or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
* using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
* attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
* internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
* %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
* @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
* are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
* do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
* %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
* %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
* %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
* %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
* %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
* %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
* The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
* the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
* or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
* by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
* %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
* of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
* (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
* frame).
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
* destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
* destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
* the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
* or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
* by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
* regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
* has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
* global regdomain will be returned.
* A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
* regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
* information will still be mended according to further hints from
* the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
* is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
* all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
* If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
* its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
* core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
* after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
* domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
* current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
* NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
* regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
* %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
* %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
* %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
* %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
* @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
* to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
* store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
* interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
* interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
* interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
* frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
* added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
* %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
* added to all specified management frames generated by
* kernel/firmware/driver.
* Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
* point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
* command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
* option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
* NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
* @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
* %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
* probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
* specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
* be used.
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
* NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
* @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
* partial scan results may be available
*
* @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
* intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
* not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
* scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
* These attributes are mutually exculsive,
* i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
* NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
* If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
* plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
* Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
* are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
* broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
* string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
* a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
* if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
* passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
* are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
* using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
* scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
* is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
* scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
* scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
* as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
* @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
* results available.
* @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
* stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
* scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
* does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
* a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
* %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
* is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
* or noise level
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
* NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
* (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
* (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
* using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
* %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
* authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
* advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
* ESS.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
* (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
* authentication.
* @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
* has been changed and provides details of the request information
* that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
* (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
* (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
* the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
* %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
* set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
* %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
* to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
* @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
* has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
* any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
* where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
* if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
* driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
* doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
* on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
* or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
* never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
* enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
* either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
* userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
* (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
* before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
* the beacon hint was processed.
*
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
* @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
* This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
* as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
* authentication process.
* When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
* interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
* BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
* the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
* request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
* to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
* is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
* define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
* to be added to the frame.
* When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
* frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
* frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
* state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
* MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
* included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
* (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
* also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
* case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
* %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
* pending authentication timed out).
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
* @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
* (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
* MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
* %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
* request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
* included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
* included).
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
* @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
* MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
* primitives).
* @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
* MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
*
* @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
* MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
* event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
* the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
* type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
* %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
* event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
*
* @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
* FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
* and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
* should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
* executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
* may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
* given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
* given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
* @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
* determined by the network interface.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
* to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
* to the driver.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
* requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
* auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
* %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
* IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
* If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
* restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
* within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
* can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
* allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
* ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
* set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
* Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
* included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
* space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
* up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
* userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
* driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
* has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
* %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
* the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
* a different BSS is desired.
* Background scan period can optionally be
* specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
* if not specified default background scan configuration
* in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
* This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
* It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
* connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
* determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
* non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
* event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
* authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
* Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
* well to remain backwards compatible.
cfg80211/nl80211: add a port authorized event Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized (i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event. This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication. In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the 802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc. However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the 802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required (e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get any EAPOLs from the AP). This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not required. Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-09-29 19:21:49 +07:00
* When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
* handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
* the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
* @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
* When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
* the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
* handshake), this event should be followed by an
* %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
* @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
* userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
* reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
* %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
* associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
* channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
* off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
* a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
* radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
* frequency for the operation.
* %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
* to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
* notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
* driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
* radio).
* When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
* that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
* the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
* @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
* pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
* completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
* radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
* uniquely identify the request.
* This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
* remain-on-channel duration has expired.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
* rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
* and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
* (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
* requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
* backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
* and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
* that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
* four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
* cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
* socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
* backward compatibility
* @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
* command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
* as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
* kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
* user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
* frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
* to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
* received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
* or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
* and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
* specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
* returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
* TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
* %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
* management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
* %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
* counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
* is used during CSA period.
* @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
* command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
* time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
* also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
* wait time.
* @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
* @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
* transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
* the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
* frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
* the frame.
* @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
* backward compatibility.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
* is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
* levels.
* @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
* command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
* reached.
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid things like setting up an AP on a certain channel, then adding another virtual interface and making that associate on another channel -- this will make the beaconing to move channel but obviously without the necessary IEs data update. In order to improve this situation, first make the configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need that in the future anyway. There's one userland API change and one API addition. The API change is that now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface index rather than only wiphy index in order to take effect for that interface -- luckily all current users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the old setting is preserved, but monitors are always slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees. The second userland API change is the introduction of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that hostapd should use going forward to make it easier to understand what's going on (it can automatically detect a kernel with this command). Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers are affected by this change because they only allow a single virtual interface. mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the channel settings are per interface now, and needs to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation, which is another important part of this patch. One of the immediate benefits is that you can now start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already has a connection on another virtual interface, as long as you specify the same channel. Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an improvement -- not a complete fix): * different HT/no-HT modes currently you could start an HT AP and then connect to a non-HT network on the same channel which would configure the hardware for no HT; that can be fixed fairly easily * CSA An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface might indicate switching channels, and in that case we would follow it, regardless of how many other interfaces are operating; this requires more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
* and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
* (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid things like setting up an AP on a certain channel, then adding another virtual interface and making that associate on another channel -- this will make the beaconing to move channel but obviously without the necessary IEs data update. In order to improve this situation, first make the configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need that in the future anyway. There's one userland API change and one API addition. The API change is that now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface index rather than only wiphy index in order to take effect for that interface -- luckily all current users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the old setting is preserved, but monitors are always slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees. The second userland API change is the introduction of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that hostapd should use going forward to make it easier to understand what's going on (it can automatically detect a kernel with this command). Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers are affected by this change because they only allow a single virtual interface. mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the channel settings are per interface now, and needs to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation, which is another important part of this patch. One of the immediate benefits is that you can now start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already has a connection on another virtual interface, as long as you specify the same channel. Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an improvement -- not a complete fix): * different HT/no-HT modes currently you could start an HT AP and then connect to a non-HT network on the same channel which would configure the hardware for no HT; that can be fixed fairly easily * CSA An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface might indicate switching channels, and in that case we would follow it, regardless of how many other interfaces are operating; this requires more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
* In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
* with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
* When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
* no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
* of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
* precedence when they are used.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
* multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
* with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
* will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
* MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
* break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
* unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
* to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
* This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
* type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
* (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
* If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
* command, the feature is disabled.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
* mesh config parameters may be given.
* @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
* network is determined by the network interface.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
* notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
* deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
* @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
* notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
* disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
* beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
* sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
* candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
* notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
* (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
* reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
* new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
* depending on the authentication result.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
* Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
* various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
* command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
* more background information, see
* http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
* The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
* from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
* @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
* for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
* in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
* wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
* the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
* feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
* is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
* contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
* this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
* inform userspace of the new replay counter.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
* of PMKSA caching dandidates.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
* In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
* actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
* In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
* operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
* %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
* %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
* %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
* sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
* 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
* 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
* supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
* and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
* &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
* (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
* implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
* frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
* is received.
* For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
* other attributes like the interface index are present.
* If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
* only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
* is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
* associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
* and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
* to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
* by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
* acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
* direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
* up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
* has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
* other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
* OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
* messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
* No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
* independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
* attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
* sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
* from the remote AP) is completed;
*
* @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
* has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
* (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
* initiated on our own). It indicates that
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
* after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
* decide to react to this indication by requesting other
* interfaces to change channel as well.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
* its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
* %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
* P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
* public action frame TX.
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
* its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
* notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
* station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
* is used for this.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
* for IBSS or MESH vif.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
* This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
* address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
* %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
* is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
* will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
* command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
* ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
* a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
* or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
* this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
* while operating on this channel.
* %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
* event.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
* i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
* Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
* Information Element to the WLAN driver
*
* @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
* to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
* with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
* received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
*
* @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
* a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
* complete.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
* return back to normal.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
* the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
* in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
* %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
* new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
* width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
* other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
* switch is complete.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
* by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
* %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
* %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
* For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
* used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
* (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
* This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
* The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
* that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
* QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
* association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
* %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
* and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
* Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
* userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
* up the TX TS in the driver/device.
* If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
* if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
* avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
* make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
* fail even if the check was successful.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
* and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
* before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
* or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
* destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
* bandwidth of a channel must be given.
* @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
* network is determined by the network interface.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
* identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
* provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
* channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
* %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
* The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
* operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
* AP.
* @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
* peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
* when this command completes.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
* as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
* management.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
* not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
* cfg80211_scan_done().
*
* @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
* %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
* previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
* has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
* cluster. This command must have a valid
* %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
* %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
* omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
* decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
* added.
* @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
* its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
* @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
* with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
* operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
* (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
* of the function upon success.
* Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
* way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
* event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
* function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
* which just terminated.
* This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
* returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
* the response to this command.
* Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
* This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
* terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
* and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
* @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
* configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
* was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
* attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
* %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
* current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
* set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
* (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
* @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
* This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
* %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
* for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
* BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
* does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
* only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
* for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
* When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
* PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
* @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
* configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
cfg80211/nl80211: add a port authorized event Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized (i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event. This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication. In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the 802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc. However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the 802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required (e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get any EAPOLs from the AP). This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not required. Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-09-29 19:21:49 +07:00
* @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
* handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
* specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
cfg80211/nl80211: add a port authorized event Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized (i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event. This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication. In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the 802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc. However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the 802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required (e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get any EAPOLs from the AP). This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not required. Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-09-29 19:21:49 +07:00
* offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
* %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
* and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
* a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
* has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
* frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
* 802.11 headers.
* When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
* indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
* was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
* drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
* association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
* This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
* to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
* driver) to indicate the authentication status.
*
* User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
* trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
* this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
* space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
* space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
* further with the association after getting successful authentication
* status. User space indicates the authentication status through
* %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
* command interface.
*
* Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
* user space through the connect result as the user space would have
* initiated the connection through the connect request.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
* ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
* %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
* address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
*
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
* the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
*
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
* @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
* with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
* %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
* randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
* %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
* If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
* A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
* the netlink extended ack message.
*
* To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
*
* Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
* measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
* become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
* buffer size.
*
* Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
* multiple concurrent measurements.
* @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
* result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
* @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
* the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
* (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
*
* @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
* detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
* indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
* determining the width and type.
*
cfg80211/nl80211: Offload OWE processing to user space in AP mode This interface allows the host driver to offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support OWE (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) AKM by the drivers that implement SME but rely on the user space for the cryptographic/OWE processing in AP mode. Such drivers are not capable of processing/deriving the DH IE. A new NL80211 command - NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO is introduced to send the request/event between the host driver and user space. Driver shall provide the OWE info (MAC address and DH IE) of the peer to user space for cryptographic processing of the DH IE through the event. Accordingly, the user space shall update the OWE info/DH IE to the driver. Following is the sequence in AP mode for OWE authentication. Driver passes the OWE info obtained from the peer in the Association Request to the user space through the event cfg80211_update_owe_info_event. User space shall process the OWE info received and generate new OWE info. This OWE info is passed to the driver through NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO request. Driver eventually uses this OWE info to send the Association Response to the peer. This OWE info in the command interface carries the IEs that include PMKID of the peer if the PMKSA is still valid or an updated DH IE for generating a new PMKSA with the peer. Signed-off-by: Liangwei Dong <liangwei@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org> [remove policy initialization - no longer exists] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-20 17:48:07 +07:00
* @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
* offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
* OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
* on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
* refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
* frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
* primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
* the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
* form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
* properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
* regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
* so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
* rate selection.
*
* Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
* peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
* content. The frame is ethernet data.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
* is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
*
* @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
* @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_commands {
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
nl80211: add power save commands The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had, is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible to enable and disable power save via nl80211. I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it. Basically there were three reasons: Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent. Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and still make sense to users, will be very difficult. Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on. Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this. For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network and other traffic parameters. Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend this command with more features, if there's a need for that. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-17 22:58:10 +07:00
NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid things like setting up an AP on a certain channel, then adding another virtual interface and making that associate on another channel -- this will make the beaconing to move channel but obviously without the necessary IEs data update. In order to improve this situation, first make the configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need that in the future anyway. There's one userland API change and one API addition. The API change is that now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface index rather than only wiphy index in order to take effect for that interface -- luckily all current users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the old setting is preserved, but monitors are always slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees. The second userland API change is the introduction of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that hostapd should use going forward to make it easier to understand what's going on (it can automatically detect a kernel with this command). Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers are affected by this change because they only allow a single virtual interface. mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the channel settings are per interface now, and needs to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation, which is another important part of this patch. One of the immediate benefits is that you can now start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already has a connection on another virtual interface, as long as you specify the same channel. Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an improvement -- not a complete fix): * different HT/no-HT modes currently you could start an HT AP and then connect to a non-HT network on the same channel which would configure the hardware for no HT; that can be fixed fairly easily * CSA An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface might indicate switching channels, and in that case we would follow it, regardless of how many other interfaces are operating; this requires more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid things like setting up an AP on a certain channel, then adding another virtual interface and making that associate on another channel -- this will make the beaconing to move channel but obviously without the necessary IEs data update. In order to improve this situation, first make the configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need that in the future anyway. There's one userland API change and one API addition. The API change is that now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface index rather than only wiphy index in order to take effect for that interface -- luckily all current users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the old setting is preserved, but monitors are always slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees. The second userland API change is the introduction of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that hostapd should use going forward to make it easier to understand what's going on (it can automatically detect a kernel with this command). Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers are affected by this change because they only allow a single virtual interface. mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the channel settings are per interface now, and needs to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation, which is another important part of this patch. One of the immediate benefits is that you can now start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already has a connection on another virtual interface, as long as you specify the same channel. Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an improvement -- not a complete fix): * different HT/no-HT modes currently you could start an HT AP and then connect to a non-HT network on the same channel which would configure the hardware for no HT; that can be fixed fairly easily * CSA An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface might indicate switching channels, and in that case we would follow it, regardless of how many other interfaces are operating; this requires more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-05 20:25:02 +07:00
NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
cfg80211/nl80211: add a port authorized event Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized (i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event. This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication. In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the 802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc. However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the 802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required (e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get any EAPOLs from the AP). This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not required. Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-09-29 19:21:49 +07:00
NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
cfg80211/nl80211: Offload OWE processing to user space in AP mode This interface allows the host driver to offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support OWE (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) AKM by the drivers that implement SME but rely on the user space for the cryptographic/OWE processing in AP mode. Such drivers are not capable of processing/deriving the DH IE. A new NL80211 command - NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO is introduced to send the request/event between the host driver and user space. Driver shall provide the OWE info (MAC address and DH IE) of the peer to user space for cryptographic processing of the DH IE through the event. Accordingly, the user space shall update the OWE info/DH IE to the driver. Following is the sequence in AP mode for OWE authentication. Driver passes the OWE info obtained from the peer in the Association Request to the user space through the event cfg80211_update_owe_info_event. User space shall process the OWE info received and generate new OWE info. This OWE info is passed to the driver through NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO request. Driver eventually uses this OWE info to send the Association Response to the peer. This OWE info in the command interface carries the IEs that include PMKID of the peer if the PMKSA is still valid or an updated DH IE for generating a new PMKSA with the peer. Signed-off-by: Liangwei Dong <liangwei@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org> [remove policy initialization - no longer exists] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-20 17:48:07 +07:00
NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
/* add new commands above here */
/* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/*
* Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
* here
*/
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
/* source-level API compatibility */
#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
/**
* enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
* /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
* defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
* %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
* %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
* and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
* @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
* of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
* documentation of the enum for more information.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
* channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
* @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
* channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
* if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
* NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
* this attribute)
* NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
* NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
* NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
* This attribute is now deprecated.
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
* less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
* dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
* greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
* dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
* length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
* fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
* larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
* 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
* section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
* that don't have a netdev (u64)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
* 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
* keys
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
* section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
* CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
* default management key
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
* other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
* other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
* @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
* @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
* @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
* &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
* IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
* rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
* restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
* to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
* given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
* info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
* consisting of a nested array.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
* (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
* @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
* info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
* &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
* &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
*
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
* current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
* For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
* to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
* also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
* regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
* IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
* Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
* to a specific alpha2.
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
* rules.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
* (u8, 0 or 1)
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
* (u8, 0 or 1)
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
* rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
* restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
* association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
* supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
* of the interface mode.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
* a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
* scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
* that can be added to a scan request
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
* elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
* used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
* scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
* currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
* set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
* an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
* that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
* and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
* NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
* @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
* @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
* represented as a u32
* @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
* %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
* a u32
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
* due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
* the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
* attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
* NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
* due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
* the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
* attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
* NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
* cipher suites
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
* for other networks on different channels
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
* is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
* used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
* this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
* %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
* must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
* Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
* let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
* &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
* IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
* station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
* request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
* authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
* default in station mode.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
* ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
* specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
* specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
* attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
* indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
* %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
* ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
* port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
* will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
* socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
* control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
* flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
* using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
* to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
* flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
* frames are not forwared over the control port.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
* We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
* event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
* a local disconnect request.
* @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
* event (u16)
* @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
* that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
* indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
* to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
* (an array of u32).
* @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
* indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
* u32).
* @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
* indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
* (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
* @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
* indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
* This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
* indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
* implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
* the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
* If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
* assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
* sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
* @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
* sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
* commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
* Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
* Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
* used for the initial association to an ESS.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
* %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
* and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
* with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
* dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
* dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
* obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
* all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
* changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
* completely from scratch.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
* the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
* containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
* cache, a wiphy attribute.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
* specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
* remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
* (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
* enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
* data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
* rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
* is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
* and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
* specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
* The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
* features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
* NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
* NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
* at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
* @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
* @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
* @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
* nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
* information about which frame types can be transmitted with
* %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
* @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
* nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
* information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
* acknowledged by the recipient.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
* nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
* is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
* invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
* NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
* NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
* connected to this BSS.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
* &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
* This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
* for non-automatic settings.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
* means support for per-station GTKs.
*
cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211. The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use. This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups. Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use this antenna. Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on that. 802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on the antenna information. Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and to enable or disable antenna diversity. While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare, but useful configurations as follows: 1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals ("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel. (This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2). 2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX antenna, while staying within the legal limits. (This would be: tx 0 rx 3). 3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> -- v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 10:50:50 +07:00
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
* This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
* not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
* bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
*
* Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
* bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
* drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
* a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
* a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
* HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
* derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
* Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
* Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
* support by returning -EINVAL.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
* This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
* not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
* the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
* For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211. The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use. This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups. Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use this antenna. Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on that. 802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on the antenna information. Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and to enable or disable antenna diversity. While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare, but useful configurations as follows: 1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals ("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel. (This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2). 2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX antenna, while staying within the legal limits. (This would be: tx 0 rx 3). 3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> -- v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 10:50:50 +07:00
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
* for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
* for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
* transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
* the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
* flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
* nl80211 capability flag.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
* attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
* See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
* changed once the mesh is active.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
* containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
* allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
* the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
* &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
* management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
* capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
* @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
* indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
* used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
* triggers.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
* cycles, in msecs.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
* sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
* that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
* pass-thru filter rules.
* For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
* set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
* attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
* fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
* able to ignore them by itself.
* Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
* this is only an optimization and the userspace application
* needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
* If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
* the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
* is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
* will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
* If omitted, no filtering is done.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
* interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
* defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
* @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
* %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
* are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
* any restrictions in their number or combinations.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
* necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
* nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
* being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
* without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
* and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
* &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
* This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
* provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
* driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
* Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
* (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
* (Re)Association Request frames.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
* of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
* as AP.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
* roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
* candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
* for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
* frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
* applications use this attribute.
* This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
* %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
* request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
* described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
* TDLS conversation between two devices.
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
* &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
* as a TDLS peer sta.
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
* procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
* %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
* used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
* that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
* with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
* &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
* the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
* it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
* mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
* &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
* @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
* requests while operating in AP-mode.
* This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
* offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
* probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
* to be filled by the FW.
* @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
* this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
* @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
* ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
* Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
* The values that may be configured are:
* MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
* AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
* All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
* by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
* the station debugfs ht_caps file.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
* abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
* to one DFS region.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
* up to 16 TIDs.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
* used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
* to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
* the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
* capability to timeout the stations.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
* this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
* received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
* or 0 to disable background scan.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
* userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
* a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
* was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
* allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
* the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
* enum has different reasons of connection failure.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
* This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
* excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
* Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
* authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
* the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
* initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
* Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
* for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
* consistent.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
* association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
* the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
* @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
* START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
* if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
* no change is made.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
* defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
* carried in a u32 attribute
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
* MAC ACL.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
* number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
* ACL.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
* contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
* has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
* 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
* has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
* the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
* advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
* and PU-APSD.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
* &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
* receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
* messages, given with wiphy dump message
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
* Element
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
* reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
* the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
* This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
* allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
* update a TDLS peer STA entry.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
* until the channel switch event.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
* must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
* operation).
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
* for the time while performing a channel switch.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
* switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
* switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
* As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
* supported operating classes.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
* controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
* %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
* channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
* to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
* IBSS network.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
* 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
* @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
* 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
* Notification Element based on association request when used with
* %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
* %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
* u8 attribute.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
* %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
* attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
* @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
* info, containing a nested array of possible events
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
* data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
* in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
* associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
* Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
* other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
* advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
* to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
* should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
* supported number of csa counters.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
* As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
* creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
* that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
* If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
* owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
* be stopped when the socket is closed.
cfg80211: Add API to change the indoor regulatory setting Previously, the indoor setting configuration assumed that as long as a station interface is connected, the indoor environment setting does not change. However, this assumption is problematic as: - It is possible that a station interface is connected to a mobile AP, e.g., softAP or a P2P GO, where it is possible that both the station and the mobile AP move out of the indoor environment making the indoor setting invalid. In such a case, user space has no way to invalidate the setting. - A station interface disconnection does not necessarily imply that the device is no longer operating in an indoor environment, e.g., it is possible that the station interface is roaming but is still stays indoor. To handle the above, extend the indoor configuration API to allow user space to indicate a change of indoor settings, and allow it to indicate weather it controls the indoor setting, such that: 1. If the user space process explicitly indicates that it is going to control the indoor setting, do not clear the indoor setting internally, unless the socket is released. The user space process should use the NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER attribute in the command to state that it is going to control the indoor setting. 2. Reset the indoor setting when restoring the regulatory settings in case it is not owned by a user space process. Based on the above, a user space tool that continuously monitors the indoor settings, i.e., tracking power setting, location etc., can indicate environment changes to the regulatory core. It should be noted that currently user space is the only provided mechanism used to hint to the regulatory core over the indoor/outdoor environment -- while the country IEs do have an environment setting this has been completely ignored by the regulatory core by design for a while now since country IEs typically can contain bogus data. Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com> Signed-off-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-04 12:32:06 +07:00
* If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
* regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
* that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
* cleared when the socket is closed.
* If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
* if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
* notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
* attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
* multicast group.
* If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
* station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
* If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
* torn down when the socket is closed.
* If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
* automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
* If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
* disabled when the socket is closed.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
* the TDLS link initiator.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
* shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
* used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
* User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
* underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
* %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
* %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
* Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
* %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
* If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
* association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
* flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
* estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
* %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
* drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
* setting valid value for coverage class.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
* @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
* @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
* (per second) (u16 attribute)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
* &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
* is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
* obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
* cfg80211 regdomain.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
* array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
* nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
* least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
* is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
* of byte 3 (u8 array).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
* returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
* may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
* statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
* For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
* should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
* over all channels.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
* scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
* net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
* system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
cfg80211: Add API to change the indoor regulatory setting Previously, the indoor setting configuration assumed that as long as a station interface is connected, the indoor environment setting does not change. However, this assumption is problematic as: - It is possible that a station interface is connected to a mobile AP, e.g., softAP or a P2P GO, where it is possible that both the station and the mobile AP move out of the indoor environment making the indoor setting invalid. In such a case, user space has no way to invalidate the setting. - A station interface disconnection does not necessarily imply that the device is no longer operating in an indoor environment, e.g., it is possible that the station interface is roaming but is still stays indoor. To handle the above, extend the indoor configuration API to allow user space to indicate a change of indoor settings, and allow it to indicate weather it controls the indoor setting, such that: 1. If the user space process explicitly indicates that it is going to control the indoor setting, do not clear the indoor setting internally, unless the socket is released. The user space process should use the NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER attribute in the command to state that it is going to control the indoor setting. 2. Reset the indoor setting when restoring the regulatory settings in case it is not owned by a user space process. Based on the above, a user space tool that continuously monitors the indoor settings, i.e., tracking power setting, location etc., can indicate environment changes to the regulatory core. It should be noted that currently user space is the only provided mechanism used to hint to the regulatory core over the indoor/outdoor environment -- while the country IEs do have an environment setting this has been completely ignored by the regulatory core by design for a while now since country IEs typically can contain bogus data. Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com> Signed-off-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-04 12:32:06 +07:00
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
* is operating in an indoor environment.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
* scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
* a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
* a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
* Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
* between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
* thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
* between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
* Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
* @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
* in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
* connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
* a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
* BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
* attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
* BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
* it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
* BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
* or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
* %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
* %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
* interface type.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
* groupID for monitor mode.
* The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
* group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
* each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
* that group and 0 for not being a member.
* The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
* each group.
* (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
* group numbers on least significant bits.)
* This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
* Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
* groupID data.
* to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
* when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
* to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
* (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
* started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
* requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
* attribute must not be included).
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
* %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
* maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
* measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
* if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
* @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
* that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
* mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
* and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
* used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
* %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
* %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
* Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
* should not be used during a normal device operation.
* @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
* bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
* nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
* would be set. This attribute is used with
* %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
* it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
* the device will decide what to use.
* @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
* &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
* attribute.
* @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
* See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
* protection.
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
* Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
* STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
* packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
* used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
* other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
* connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
* This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
* other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
* the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
* unnecessary wakeups.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
* the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
* better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
* value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
* u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
* e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
* username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
* of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
* to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
* for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
* NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
* %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
* from successful FILS authentication and is used with
* %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
* identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
* @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
* %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
* For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
* handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
* used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
* specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
* indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
* @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
* scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
* in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
* wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
* @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
cfg80211/nl80211: add a port authorized event Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized (i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event. This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication. In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the 802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc. However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the 802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required (e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get any EAPOLs from the AP). This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not required. Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-09-29 19:21:49 +07:00
* @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
* authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
* &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
* %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
* @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
cfg80211: Authentication offload to user space in AP mode commit 40cbfa90218b ("cfg80211/nl80211: Optional authentication offload to userspace")' introduced authentication offload to user space by the host drivers in station mode. This commit extends the same for the AP mode too. Extend NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT to also claim the support of external authentication from the user space in AP mode. A new flag parameter is introduced in cfg80211_ap_settings to intend the same while "start ap". Host driver to use NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface to transmit and receive the authentication frames to / from the user space. Host driver to indicate the flag NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH while sending the authentication frame to the user space. This intends to the user space that the driver wishes it to process the authentication frame for certain protocols, though it had initially advertised the support for SME functionality. User space shall accordingly do the authentication and indicate its final status through the command NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH. Allow the command even if userspace doesn't include the attribute NL80211_ATTR_SSID for AP interface. Host driver shall continue with the association sequence and indicate the STA connection status through cfg80211_new_sta. To facilitate the host drivers in AP mode for matching the pmkid by the stations during the association, NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH is also enhanced to include the pmkid to drivers after the authentication. This pmkid can also be used in the STA mode to include in the association request. Also modify nl80211_external_auth to not mandate SSID in AP mode. Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org> [remove useless nla_get_flag() usage] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-01-23 19:36:56 +07:00
* space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
* with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
* may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
* is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
* u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
* nl80211_txq_stats)
* @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
* The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
* @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
* TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
* enforced.
* @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
* a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
* @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
* association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
* only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
* in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
* measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
* possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
* statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
*
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
* @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
* if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
* invalid value.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
* data, uses nested attributes specified in
* &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
* This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
* with the appropriate sub-attributes.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
* scheduler.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
* station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
* possible values.
* @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
* allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
* the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
* should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
* or per-station.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
* is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
* SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
* functionality.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
* channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
* Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
* @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
* the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
* Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
* (u16).
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
* using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
* attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
* supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
* %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
* advertised for a specific interface type.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
* nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
* on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
* attributes.
*
* @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
* port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
*
* @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
* @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_attrs {
/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
NL80211_ATTR_IE,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
NL80211_ATTR_PID,
NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
nl80211: add power save commands The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had, is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible to enable and disable power save via nl80211. I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it. Basically there were three reasons: Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent. Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and still make sense to users, will be very difficult. Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on. Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this. For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network and other traffic parameters. Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend this command with more features, if there's a need for that. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-17 22:58:10 +07:00
NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211. The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use. This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups. Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use this antenna. Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on that. 802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on the antenna information. Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and to enable or disable antenna diversity. While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare, but useful configurations as follows: 1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals ("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel. (This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2). 2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX antenna, while staying within the legal limits. (This would be: tx 0 rx 3). 3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> -- v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 10:50:50 +07:00
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
cfg80211: Add API to change the indoor regulatory setting Previously, the indoor setting configuration assumed that as long as a station interface is connected, the indoor environment setting does not change. However, this assumption is problematic as: - It is possible that a station interface is connected to a mobile AP, e.g., softAP or a P2P GO, where it is possible that both the station and the mobile AP move out of the indoor environment making the indoor setting invalid. In such a case, user space has no way to invalidate the setting. - A station interface disconnection does not necessarily imply that the device is no longer operating in an indoor environment, e.g., it is possible that the station interface is roaming but is still stays indoor. To handle the above, extend the indoor configuration API to allow user space to indicate a change of indoor settings, and allow it to indicate weather it controls the indoor setting, such that: 1. If the user space process explicitly indicates that it is going to control the indoor setting, do not clear the indoor setting internally, unless the socket is released. The user space process should use the NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER attribute in the command to state that it is going to control the indoor setting. 2. Reset the indoor setting when restoring the regulatory settings in case it is not owned by a user space process. Based on the above, a user space tool that continuously monitors the indoor settings, i.e., tracking power setting, location etc., can indicate environment changes to the regulatory core. It should be noted that currently user space is the only provided mechanism used to hint to the regulatory core over the indoor/outdoor environment -- while the country IEs do have an environment setting this has been completely ignored by the regulatory core by design for a while now since country IEs typically can contain bogus data. Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com> Signed-off-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-04 12:32:06 +07:00
NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
/* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/* source-level API compatibility */
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
/*
* Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
* here
*/
#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
/**
* enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
*
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
* are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
* AP type interface.
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
* and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
* %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
* commands to create and destroy one
* @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
* This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
* @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
*
* These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
* to set the type of an interface.
*
*/
enum nl80211_iftype {
NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
*
* Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
* assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
*
* @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
* with short barker preamble
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
* only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
* flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
* attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
* as errors.)
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
* that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
* previously added station into associated state
* @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
* @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_sta_flags {
__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
*
* @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
* @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
* @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
*/
enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
};
#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
/**
* struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
* @mask: mask of station flags to set
* @set: which values to set them to
*
* Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
*/
struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
__u32 mask;
__u32 set;
} __attribute__((packed));
/**
* enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
*/
enum nl80211_he_gi {
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
*/
enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
*
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
* when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
* There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
* a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
* If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
* with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
* (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
* User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
* back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
*
* @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
* same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
* a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
* half the base (20 MHz) rate
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
* a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
* a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
* (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
* @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
* non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
* @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_rate_info {
__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
*
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
* when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
*
* @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
* (flag)
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
* (flag)
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
* @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
* @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
*
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
* when getting information about a station.
*
* @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
* (u32, from this station)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
* (u32, to this station)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
* (u64, from this station)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
* (u64, to this station)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
* containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
* (u32, from this station)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
* (u32, to this station)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
* (u32, to this station)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
* (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
* attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
* containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
* non-peer STA
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
* Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
* Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
* @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
* 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
* (u64)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
* for beacons only (u8, dBm)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
* This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
* TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
* each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
* attributes carrying the actual values.
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
* received from the station (u64, usec)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
* (u32, from this station)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
* with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
* some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
* might not be fully accurate.
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
* mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
* sent to the station (u64, usec)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
* of STA's association
* @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
* @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
*/
enum nl80211_sta_info {
__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
/**
* enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
* @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
* attempted to transmit; u64)
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
* transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
* MSDUs (u64)
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
* @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
* @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
*/
enum nl80211_tid_stats {
__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
* @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
* backlogged
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
* (only for per-phy stats)
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
* @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
*/
enum nl80211_txq_stats {
__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
*
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
* @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
*/
enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
*
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
* information about a mesh path.
*
* @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
* &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
* @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
* currently defined
* @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_mpath_info {
__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
*
* @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
* for each interface type that supports the band data
* @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
* capabilities IE
* @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
* capabilities IE
* @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
* capabilities IE
* @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
* defined in HE capabilities IE
* @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
* defined
* @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
* @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
* an array of nested frequency attributes
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
* an array of nested bitrate attributes
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
* defined in 802.11n
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
* defined in 802.11ac
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
* attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
* channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
* Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
* the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
* Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
* @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
* @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_band_attr {
__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
/**
* enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
*
* @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
* @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
* @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
* @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
* @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
* @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
*/
enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
* @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
* regulatory domain.
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
* are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
* requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
* on this channel in current regulatory domain.
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
* (100 * dBm).
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
* (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
* this channel is in this DFS state.
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
* channel as the control channel
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
* channel as the control channel
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
* as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
* this includes 80+80 channels
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
* using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
* isn't possible
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
* channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
* used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
* an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
* through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
* that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
* channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
* the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
* band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
* off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
* done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
* the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
* off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
* radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
* wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
* attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
* on this channel in current regulatory domain.
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
* on this channel in current regulatory domain.
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
* This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
* (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
* in current regulatory domain.
* @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
* currently defined
* @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*
* See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
* for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
* by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
* NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
*/
enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
/**
* enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
* @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
* @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
* in 2.4 GHz band.
* @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
* currently defined
* @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
* regulatory domain.
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
* regulatory domain.
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
* wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
* @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
* 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
* thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
* code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
* structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
* If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
* be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
*/
enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
* to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
* ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
* domain.
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
* driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
* and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
* them to be applied.
* @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
* of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
* set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
* domain request to be processed.
*/
enum nl80211_reg_type {
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
};
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
/**
* enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
* @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
* @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
* considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
* &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
* rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
* band edge.
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
* in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
* band edge.
* @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
* frequency range, in KHz.
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
* @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
* for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
* If you don't have one then don't send this.
* @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
* a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
* @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
* If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
* @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
* currently defined
* @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
*/
enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
/* keep last */
__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
* only report BSS with matching SSID.
* (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
* BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
* if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
* the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
* matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
* how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
* the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
* attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
* %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
* relative to current bss's RSSI.
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
* BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
* RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
* value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
* (this cannot be used together with SSID).
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
* band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
* enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
* band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
* of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
* minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
* within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
* attributes will be nested within this attribute.
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
* attribute number currently defined
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/* only for backward compatibility */
#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
/**
* enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
*
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
* @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
* @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
* @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
* this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
* beaconing.
* @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
* base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
* multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
* @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
* @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
*/
enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17,
cfg80211: Add new wireless regulatory infrastructure This adds the new wireless regulatory infrastructure. The main motiviation behind this was to centralize regulatory code as each driver was implementing their own regulatory solution, and to replace the initial centralized code we have where: * only 3 regulatory domains are supported: US, JP and EU * regulatory domains can only be changed through module parameter * all rules were built statically in the kernel We now have support for regulatory domains for many countries and regulatory domains are now queried through a userspace agent through udev allowing distributions to update regulatory rules without updating the kernel. Each driver can regulatory_hint() a regulatory domain based on either their EEPROM mapped regulatory domain value to a respective ISO/IEC 3166-1 country code or pass an internally built regulatory domain. We also add support to let the user set the regulatory domain through userspace in case of faulty EEPROMs to further help compliance. Support for world roaming will be added soon for cards capable of this. For more information see: http://wireless.kernel.org/en/developers/Regulatory/CRDA For now we leave an option to enable the old module parameter, ieee80211_regdom, and to build the 3 old regdomains statically (US, JP and EU). This option is CONFIG_WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY. These old static definitions and the module parameter is being scheduled for removal for 2.6.29. Note that if you use this you won't make use of a world regulatory domain as its pointless. If you leave this option enabled and if CRDA is present and you use US or JP we will try to ask CRDA to update us a regulatory domain for us. Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-10 13:19:48 +07:00
};
#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
/**
* enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
*
* @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
* @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
* @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
* @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
*/
enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
*
* @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
* assumed if the attribute is not set.
* @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
* base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
* properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
* by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
* capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
* ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
* present has been registered with the wireless core that
* has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
* supported feature.
* @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
* platform is operating in an indoor environment.
*/
enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
*
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
* when getting information about a survey.
*
* @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
* was turned on (on channel or globally)
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
* channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
* channel was sensed busy
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
* receiving data (on channel or globally)
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
* transmitting data (on channel or globally)
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
* (on this channel or globally)
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
* receiving frames destined to the local BSS
* @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
* currently defined
* @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_survey_info {
__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/* keep old names for compatibility */
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
/**
* enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
*
* Monitor configuration flags.
*
* @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
*
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
* overrides all other flags.
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
* and ACK incoming unicast packets.
*
* @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
* @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
*/
enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
*
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
* not known or has not been set yet.
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
* in Awake state all the time.
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
* alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
* neighbor's beacons.
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
* alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
* for neighbor's beacons.
*
* @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
* @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
*/
enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
*
* Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
* active.
*
* @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
* millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
* millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
* millisecond units
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
* on this mesh interface
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
* open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
* mesh
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
* point.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
* peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
* set.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
* containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
* target)
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
* (in milliseconds)
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
* until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
* points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
* the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
* TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
* reference element
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
* that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
* mesh
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
* source mesh point for path selection elements.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
* root announcements are transmitted.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
* access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
* Announcement frames.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
* TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
* PERR element.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
* or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
* threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
* a peer link.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
* to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
* (see 11C.12.2.2)
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
* which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
* information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
* proactive PREQs are transmitted.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
* (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
* containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
* type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
* established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
* remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
* the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
*
* @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
* will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
* field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
* advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
*
* @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
*
* Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
* changed while the mesh is active.
*
* @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
*
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
* vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
* default HWMP.
*
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
* vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
* metric.
*
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
* robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
* that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
* metrics in use.
*
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
* daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
*
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
* daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
* Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
* a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
* management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
* functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
* key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
* autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
* userspace daemon.
*
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
* vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
* neighbor offset synchronization
*
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
* implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
*
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
* method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
* Default is no authentication method required.
*
* @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
*
* @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
*/
enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
* @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
* disabled
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
* 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
* 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
* @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
* @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_txq_attr {
__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
enum nl80211_ac {
NL80211_AC_VO,
NL80211_AC_VI,
NL80211_AC_BE,
NL80211_AC_BK,
NL80211_NUM_ACS
};
/* backward compat */
#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
/**
* enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
* @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
* @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
* @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
* below the control channel
* @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
* above the control channel
*/
enum nl80211_channel_type {
NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
};
/**
* enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
*
* @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
* Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
*
* The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
* driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
*
* @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
* Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
* @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
* The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
* the preferred Tx key for the station.
*/
enum nl80211_key_mode {
NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
};
/**
* enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
*
* These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
* attribute.
*
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
* attribute must be provided as well
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
* attribute must be provided as well
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
* and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
* attribute must be provided as well
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
* @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
*/
enum nl80211_chan_width {
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
*
* These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
*
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
*/
enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
*
* @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
* @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
* @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
* @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
* (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
* from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
* that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
* @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
* @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
* @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
* raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
* if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
* different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
* they are from a Beacon frame.
* However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
* IEs may be from either frame subtype.
* If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
* data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
* @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
* in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
* @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
* in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
* @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
* @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
* elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
* yet been received
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
* (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
* @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
* (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
* @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
* @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
* @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
* was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
* accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
* @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
* @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
* octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
* this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
* @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
* @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
* is set.
* @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
* Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
* using the nesting index as the antenna number.
* @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
* @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
*/
enum nl80211_bss {
__NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
NL80211_BSS_TSF,
NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
NL80211_BSS_PAD,
NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
* Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
* keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
* a given BSS.
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
* @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
*
* The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
* indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
*/
enum nl80211_bss_status {
NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
};
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
/**
* enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
*
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
* @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
* @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
* trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
* the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
*/
enum nl80211_auth_type {
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
nl80211: Add MLME primitives to support external SME This patch adds new nl80211 commands to allow user space to request authentication and association (and also deauthentication and disassociation). The commands are structured to allow separate authentication and association steps, i.e., the interface between kernel and user space is similar to the MLME SAP interface in IEEE 802.11 standard and an user space application takes the role of the SME. The patch introduces MLME-AUTHENTICATE.request, MLME-{,RE}ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.request, and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request primitives. The authentication and association commands request the actual operations in two steps (assuming the driver supports this; if not, separate authentication step is skipped; this could end up being a separate "connect" command). The initial implementation for mac80211 uses the current net/mac80211/mlme.c for actual sending and processing of management frames and the new nl80211 commands will just stop the current state machine from moving automatically from authentication to association. Future cleanup may move more of the MLME operations into cfg80211. The goal of this design is to provide more control of authentication and association process to user space without having to move the full MLME implementation. This should be enough to allow IEEE 802.11r FT protocol and 802.11s SAE authentication to be implemented. Obviously, this will also bring the extra benefit of not having to use WEXT for association requests with mac80211. An example implementation of a user space SME using the new nl80211 commands is available for wpa_supplicant. This patch is enough to get IEEE 802.11r FT protocol working with over-the-air mechanism (over-the-DS will need additional MLME primitives for handling the FT Action frames). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-19 18:39:22 +07:00
};
/**
* enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
* @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
* @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
* @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
* @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
*/
enum nl80211_key_type {
NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
};
/**
* enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
* @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
* @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
* @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
*/
enum nl80211_mfp {
NL80211_MFP_NO,
NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
};
enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
* @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
* unicast key
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
* multicast key
* @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
*/
enum nl80211_key_default_types {
__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
};
/**
* enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
* @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
* @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
* 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
* keys
* @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
* @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
* section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
* @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
* CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
* @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
* specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
* given with the command using the key or not (u32)
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
* attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
* See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
* @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
* Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
* @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
*
* @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
* @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
*/
enum nl80211_key_attributes {
__NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
NL80211_KEY_DATA,
NL80211_KEY_IDX,
NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
NL80211_KEY_MODE,
NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
* @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
* @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
* in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
* 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
* %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
* @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
* in an array of MCS numbers.
* @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
* see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
* @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
* @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
* @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
*/
enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
/**
* struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
* @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
*/
struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
__u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
};
enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
* @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
* @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
* @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
* @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
* @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
* since newer kernel versions may support more bands
*/
enum nl80211_band {
NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
* @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
* @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
*/
nl80211: add power save commands The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had, is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible to enable and disable power save via nl80211. I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it. Basically there were three reasons: Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent. Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and still make sense to users, will be very difficult. Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on. Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this. For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network and other traffic parameters. Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend this command with more features, if there's a need for that. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-17 22:58:10 +07:00
enum nl80211_ps_state {
NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
* @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
* the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
* to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
* set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
* threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
* crosses any of the thresholds.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
* the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
* new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
* consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
* during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
* %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
* checked.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
* interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
* %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
* loss event
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
* RSSI threshold event.
* @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
* @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
*/
enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
* @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
* configured threshold
* @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
* configured threshold
* @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
*/
enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
* @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
* @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
* @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
*/
enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
*/
enum nl80211_tid_config {
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
};
/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
* for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
* (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
* per peer instead.
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if no peer
* is selected, if set indicates that the new configuration overrides
* all previous peer configurations, otherwise previous peer specific
* configurations should be left untouched. If peer is selected then
* it will reset particular TID configuration of that peer and it will
* not accept other TID config attributes along with peer.
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
* Its type is u16.
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
* specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
* Its type is u8.
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
* transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
* &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
* the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
* output in wiphy capabilities.
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
* transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
* &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
* the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
* output in wiphy capabilities.
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable aggregation for the TIDs
* specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. Its type is u8, using
* the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
* @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
* specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
* the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
*/
enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
* @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
* @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
* a zero bit are ignored
* @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
* a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
* to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
* in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
* corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
* For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
* xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
* twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
* Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
* 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
* first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
* @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
* these fixed number of bytes of received packet
* @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
* @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
};
/**
* struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
* @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
* @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
* @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
* @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
*
* This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
* that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
* %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
* %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
* by the kernel to userspace.
*/
struct nl80211_pattern_support {
__u32 max_patterns;
__u32 min_pattern_len;
__u32 max_pattern_len;
__u32 max_pkt_offset;
} __attribute__((packed));
/* only for backward compatibility */
#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
/**
* enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
* @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
* the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
* support for low-power operation already (flag)
* Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
* any others are even supported by the device.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
* is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
* by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
* which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
* defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
* Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
* each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
* done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
* pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
*
* In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
* carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
*
* When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
* index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
* to the kernel when configuring.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
* used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
* by the device (flag)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
* done by the device) (flag)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
* packet (flag)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
* (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
* the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
* may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
* attribute contains the original length.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
* packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
* attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
* 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
* be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
* contains the original length.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
* packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
* attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
* "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
* containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
* the TCP connection.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
* wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
* TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
* the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
* service
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
* is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
* same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
* specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
* channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
* results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
* attribute is also sent in a response to
* @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
* supported by the driver (u32).
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
* containing an array with information about what triggered the
* wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
* that the information is not available. If more than one
* element is present, it means that more than one match
* occurred.
* Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
* one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
* these attributes must be present. If
* %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
* frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
* channel.
* @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
* @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
*
* These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
* to report the wakeup reason(s).
*/
enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
};
/**
* DOC: TCP connection wakeup
*
* Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
* packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
* configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
* service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
* packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
* The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
* number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
* optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
* with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
*
* During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
* client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
* (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
* connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
* also woken up.
*
* Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
* response packets might not go through correctly.
*/
/**
* struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
* @start: starting value
* @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
* @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
*
* Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
* keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
* in little endian.
*/
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
__u32 start, offset, len;
};
/**
* struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
* @offset: offset of token in packet
* @len: length of each token
* @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
* be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
*/
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
__u32 offset, len;
__u8 token_stream[];
};
/**
* struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
* @min_len: minimum token length
* @max_len: maximum token length
* @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
*/
struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
__u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
};
/**
* enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
* @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
* (in network byte order)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
* route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
* and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
* might require ARP querying.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
* socket and port will be allocated
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
* For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
* of the data payload.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
* (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
* advertising it is just a flag
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
* see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
* &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
* interval in feature advertising (u32)
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
* u32 attribute holding the maximum length
* @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
* feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
* but on the TCP payload only.
* @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
* @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
};
/**
* struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
* @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
* @pat: packet pattern support information
* @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
*
* This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
* capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
*/
struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
__u32 max_rules;
struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
__u32 max_delay;
} __attribute__((packed));
/**
* enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
* @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
* see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
* after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
* @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
* @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
* @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
* in a rule are matched.
* @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
* in a rule are not matched.
*/
enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
};
/**
* enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
* @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
* @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
* can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
* @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
* flag attribute for each interface type in this set
* @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
* @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
*
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
* for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
* interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
* apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
* in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
* beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
* infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
* the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
* different channels may be used within this group.
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
* of supported channel widths for radar detection.
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
* of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
* @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
* different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
* in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
* @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
* @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
*
* Examples:
* limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
* => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
*
* numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
* => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
*
* numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
* => allows two STAs on different channels
*
* numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
* => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
*
* The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
* within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
* that any of these groups must match.
*
* "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
* a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
* be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
* interface type, the following group always exists:
* numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
*/
enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
*
* @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
* state of non existent mesh peer links
* @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
* this mesh peer
* @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
* from this mesh peer
* @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
* received from this mesh peer
* @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
* @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
* @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
* plink are discarded
* @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
* @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
*/
enum nl80211_plink_state {
NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
*
* @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
* @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
* @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
* @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
*/
enum plink_actions {
NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
};
#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
/**
* enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
* @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
* @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
* @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
* @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
* @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
* @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
*/
enum nl80211_rekey_data {
__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
* @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
* Beacon frames)
* @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
* in Beacon frames
* @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
* element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
*/
enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
};
/**
* enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
* @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
* @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
* is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
* @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
* as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
* @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
* @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
*/
enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
* @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
* @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
* priority)
* @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
* @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
* @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
* (internal)
* @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
* (internal)
*/
enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
* @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
* @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
* @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
* @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
* @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
*/
enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
};
/*
* enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
* Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
* NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
};
*/
/**
* enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
* TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
* socket option.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
* the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
* to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
* cellular base stations.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
* here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
* equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
* mode
* @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
* @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
* @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
* @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
* OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
* for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
* setting
* @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
* powersave
* @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
* transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
* doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
* stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
* state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
* they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
* and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
* states using station flags.
* Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
* stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
* stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
* (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
* @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
* Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
* beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
* still generated by the driver.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
* interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
* interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
* unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
* channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
* lifetime of a BSS.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
* Set IE to probe requests.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
* to probe requests.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
* requests sent to it by an AP.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
* current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
* management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
* Measurement Report action frame.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
* estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
* to enable dynack.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
* multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
* even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
* multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
* and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
* rts/cts handshake.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
* TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
* command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
* needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
* the vif's MAC address upon creation.
* See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
* @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
* operating as a TDLS peer.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
* random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
* %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
* address mask/value will be used.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
* using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
* scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
* be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
* @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
* random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
* scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
* be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
*/
enum nl80211_feature_flags {
NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
/* bit 13 is reserved */
NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
* can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
* %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
* the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
* NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
* sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
* certain groups which can be configured by the
* %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
* or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
* %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
* time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
* the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
* (if available).
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
* time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
* BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
* (if available).
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
* channel dwell time.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
* configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
* configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
* configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
* with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
* in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
* randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
* for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
* (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
* %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
* RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
* authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
* handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
* and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
* handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
* and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
* be supported.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
* the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
* actual dwell time.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
* response
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
* the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
* probe request tx deferral and suppression
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
* value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
* Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
* informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
* channel change triggered by radar detection event.
* No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
* "radar detected" event.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
* receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
* (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
* TXQs.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
* SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
* except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
* by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
* timing measurement responder role.
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
* able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
* if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
* freeze the connection.
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
* Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
* fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
* scheduling.
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
* (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
* filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
* to a station.
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
* station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
* with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
* vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
* feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
* time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
* and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
*
* @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
* forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
* handled as ordinary data frames.
*
* @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
* @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
*/
enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
/* add new features before the definition below */
NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
* protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
* To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
* Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
* protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
* supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
* to the host.
*
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
* @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
*/
enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
* @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
* handled by the AP is reached.
* @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
*/
enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
*
* @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
* @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
* @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
* @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
*/
enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
*
* Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
* of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
* requests.
*
* NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
* NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
* one of them can be used in the request.
*
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
* as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
* dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
* will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
* when really needed
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
* for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
* flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
* @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
* the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
* randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
* locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
* This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
* the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
* request parameters IE in the probe request
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
* rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
* only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
* tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
* and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
* Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
* a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
* SSID and/or RSSI.
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
* accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
* scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
* implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
* impacted with this flag.
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
* optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
* optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
* results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
* possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
* possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
* Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
* request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
* possible.
* @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
* only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
* added by userspace explicitly.)
*/
enum nl80211_scan_flags {
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
*
* Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
* %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
* be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
*
* @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
* listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
* in ACL to authenticate.
* @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
* in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
*/
enum nl80211_acl_policy {
NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
*
* Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
*
* @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
* @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
* @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
* turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
*/
enum nl80211_smps_mode {
NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
*
* Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
* about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
*
* @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
* now unusable.
* @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
* the channel is now available.
* @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
* change to the channel status.
* @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
* over, channel becomes usable.
* @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
* non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
* be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
* applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
* @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
* should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
*/
enum nl80211_radar_event {
NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
*
* Channel states used by the DFS code.
*
* @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
* check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
* @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
* is therefore marked as not available.
* @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
*/
enum nl80211_dfs_state {
NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
};
/**
* enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
* @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
* wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
* %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
* wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
* %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
*/
enum nl80211_protocol_features {
NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
*
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
* @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
* @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
*/
enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
/* add other protocols before this one */
NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
};
/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
/**
* enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
*
* Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
*
* @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
cfg80211: Authentication offload to user space in AP mode commit 40cbfa90218b ("cfg80211/nl80211: Optional authentication offload to userspace")' introduced authentication offload to user space by the host drivers in station mode. This commit extends the same for the AP mode too. Extend NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT to also claim the support of external authentication from the user space in AP mode. A new flag parameter is introduced in cfg80211_ap_settings to intend the same while "start ap". Host driver to use NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface to transmit and receive the authentication frames to / from the user space. Host driver to indicate the flag NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH while sending the authentication frame to the user space. This intends to the user space that the driver wishes it to process the authentication frame for certain protocols, though it had initially advertised the support for SME functionality. User space shall accordingly do the authentication and indicate its final status through the command NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH. Allow the command even if userspace doesn't include the attribute NL80211_ATTR_SSID for AP interface. Host driver shall continue with the association sequence and indicate the STA connection status through cfg80211_new_sta. To facilitate the host drivers in AP mode for matching the pmkid by the stations during the association, NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH is also enhanced to include the pmkid to drivers after the authentication. This pmkid can also be used in the STA mode to include in the association request. Also modify nl80211_external_auth to not mandate SSID in AP mode. Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org> [remove useless nla_get_flag() usage] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-01-23 19:36:56 +07:00
* @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
* the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
* advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
* to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
*/
enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
cfg80211: Authentication offload to user space in AP mode commit 40cbfa90218b ("cfg80211/nl80211: Optional authentication offload to userspace")' introduced authentication offload to user space by the host drivers in station mode. This commit extends the same for the AP mode too. Extend NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT to also claim the support of external authentication from the user space in AP mode. A new flag parameter is introduced in cfg80211_ap_settings to intend the same while "start ap". Host driver to use NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface to transmit and receive the authentication frames to / from the user space. Host driver to indicate the flag NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH while sending the authentication frame to the user space. This intends to the user space that the driver wishes it to process the authentication frame for certain protocols, though it had initially advertised the support for SME functionality. User space shall accordingly do the authentication and indicate its final status through the command NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH. Allow the command even if userspace doesn't include the attribute NL80211_ATTR_SSID for AP interface. Host driver shall continue with the association sequence and indicate the STA connection status through cfg80211_new_sta. To facilitate the host drivers in AP mode for matching the pmkid by the stations during the association, NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH is also enhanced to include the pmkid to drivers after the authentication. This pmkid can also be used in the STA mode to include in the association request. Also modify nl80211_external_auth to not mandate SSID in AP mode. Signed-off-by: Srinivas Dasari <dasaris@codeaurora.org> [remove useless nla_get_flag() usage] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-01-23 19:36:56 +07:00
NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
};
/*
* If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
* a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
* yet, so that's not valid so far)
*/
#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
/**
* struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
* @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
* value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
* may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
* added to this file when needed.
* @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
*/
struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
__u32 vendor_id;
__u32 subcmd;
};
/**
* enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
*
* Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
* to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
*
* @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
* @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
* @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
*/
enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
* seconds (u32).
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
* scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
* because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
* make the scan plan meaningless.
* @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
* currently defined
* @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
*/
enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
*
* @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
* of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
* @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
*/
struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
__u8 band;
__s8 delta;
} __attribute__((packed));
/**
* enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
*
* @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
* @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
* is requested.
* @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
* selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
* When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
* shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
* this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
* @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
* BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
* RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
* value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
* @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
* @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
*
* One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
* for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
* which the driver shall use.
*/
enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
*
* Defines the function type of a NAN function
*
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
*/
enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
*
* Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
*
* @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
* @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
*/
enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
*
* Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
*
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
*/
enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
};
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
/**
* enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
* @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
* specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
* publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
* Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
* publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
* the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
* subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
* The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
* is follow up. This is a u8.
* The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
* follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
* close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
* This is a flag.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
* stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
* specific info. This is a binary attribute.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
* See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
* attribute. It is a list of binary values.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
* nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
* Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
* See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
*
* @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
* @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
*/
enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
* @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
* This is a flag.
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
* %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
* %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
* and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
* attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
* @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
* @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
*/
enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
* @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
* @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
* match. This is a nested attribute.
* See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
* @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
* that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
* See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
*
* @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
* @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
*/
enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
};
/**
* nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
* authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
* @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
* @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
*/
enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
* responder attributes
* @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
* @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
* @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
* (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
* i.e. starting with the measurement token
* @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
* (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
* i.e. starting with the measurement token
* @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
* @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
*/
enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};
/*
* enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
*
* These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
* when getting FTM responder statistics.
*
* @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
* were ssfully answered (u32)
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
* frames were successfully answered (u32)
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
* indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
* triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
* phase with the responder (u32)
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
* - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
* FTM slot (u32)
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
* scheduled window (u32)
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
* @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
* @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
*/
enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
};
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
/**
* enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
* @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
* @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
* @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
* @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
* @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
*/
enum nl80211_preamble {
NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
* @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
* these numbers also for attributes
*
* @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
*
* @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
* @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
* @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
* @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
* @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
* @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
* reason may be available in the response data
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
* @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
*
* @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
* type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
* enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
* @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
* (flag attribute)
*
* @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
* @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
* @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
*
* @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
* type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
* named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
* @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
* (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
* @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
* result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
* more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
* @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
* doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
* This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
* (u64, usec)
* @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
* (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
* the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
* result.
* @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
*
* @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
* @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
* @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
*
* @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
* @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
* attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
* @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
* measurement type, with attributes from the
* &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
* @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
* measurement type, with attributes from the
* &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
*
* @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
* @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
* @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
*
* @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
* advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
* measurements can be done with in a single request
* @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
* indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
* measurement results
* @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
* indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
* @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
* this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
* type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
* named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
* @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
* meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
* sub-attributes taken from
* &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
*
* @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
* @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
* @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
*
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
* is supported
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
* mode is supported
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
* data can be requested during the measurement
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
* location data can be requested during the measurement
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
* from &enum nl80211_preamble.
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
* &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
* bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
* configured to allow for other measurements types with different
* bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
* the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
* is valid)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
* the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
* trigger based ranging measurement is supported
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
* if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
*
* @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
* @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
*
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
* &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
* 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
* (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
* of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
* Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
* default 15 i.e. "no preference")
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
* requested per burst
* (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
* (u8, default 3)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
* (flag)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
* measurement (flag).
* This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
* mutually exclusive.
* if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
* %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
* ranging will be used.
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
* ranging measurement (flag)
* This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
* mutually exclusive.
* if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
* %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
* ranging will be used.
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
*
* @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
* on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
* try and get no response)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
* received
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
* later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
* by the peer and are no longer supported
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
* @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
*
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
* (u32, optional)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
* as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
* the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
* transmitted (u32, optional)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
* that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
* busy peer (u32, seconds)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
* used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
* the responder (similar to request, u8)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
* by the responder (similar to request, u8)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
* frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
* frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
* FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
* attributes)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
* action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
* but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
* standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
* optional)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
* but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
* that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
* this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
* 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
* Type 8.
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
* (binary, optional);
* this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
* 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
* Type 11.
cfg80211: add peer measurement with FTM initiator API Add a new "peer measurement" API, that can be used to measure certain things related to a peer. Right now, only implement FTM (flight time measurement) over it, but the idea is that it'll be extensible to also support measuring the necessary things to calculate e.g. angle-of-arrival for WiGig. The API is structured to have a generic list of peers and channels to measure with/on, and then for each of those a set of measurements (again, only FTM right now) to perform. Results are sent to the requesting socket, including a final complete message. Closing the controlling netlink socket will abort a running measurement. v3: - add a bit to report "final" for partial results - remove list keeping etc. and just unicast out the results to the requester (big code reduction ...) - also send complete message unicast, and as a result remove the multicast group - separate out struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer from struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - document timeout == 0 if no timeout - disallow setting timeout nl80211 attribute to 0, must not include attribute for no timeout - make MAC address randomization optional - change num bursts exponent default to 0 (1 burst, rather rather than the old default of 15==don't care) v4: - clarify NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT documentation v5: - remove unnecessary nl80211 multicast/family changes - remove partial results bit/flag, final is sufficient - add max_bursts_exponent, max_ftms_per_burst to capability - rename "frames per burst" -> "FTMs per burst" v6: - rename cfg80211_pmsr_free_wdev() to cfg80211_pmsr_wdev_down() and call it in leave, so the device can't go down with any pending measurements v7: - wording fixes (Lior) - fix ftm.max_bursts_exponent to allow having the limit of 0 (Lior) v8: - copyright statements - minor coding style fixes - fix error path leak Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-10 18:29:12 +07:00
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
*
* @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
* @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
*/
enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
/* keep last */
NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
};
/**
* enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
* @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
*
* @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
* @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
*
* @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
* @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
*/
enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
* @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
*
* @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
* @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
* @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
*
* @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
* @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
*/
enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};
/**
* enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
* @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
*
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
* attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
* %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
* AKM suites for the specified interface types.
*
* @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
* @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
*/
enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
/* keep last */
__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
};
#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */